{"title":"Calender - Folding machine","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"159\" data-end=\"319\"\u003eOur range of \u003cstrong data-start=\"178\" data-end=\"217\"\u003eprofessional rolling and bending machines\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to guarantee precise and reliable processing of metal sheets, tubes, and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"321\" data-end=\"593\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"324\" data-end=\"336\"\u003erolling machines\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure millimeter-precise bending of steel, aluminum, and other ferrous materials, available in manual, electric, and hydraulic versions for various production capacities, from the most compact to industrial models suitable for intensive production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"595\" data-end=\"957\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"598\" data-end=\"612\"\u003ebending machines\u003c\/strong\u003e, on the other hand, allow for precise and angled bends with great accuracy, proving indispensable for metal fabrication, mechanical workshops, and craft laboratories. We offer manual, electric, and hydraulic models capable of satisfying both the needs of small-scale work and those of more complex production facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-piegatrice-angolare-wb-200-s","title":"Bernardo WB 200 S Manual Angle Bender – flat steel up to 100x7 mm cold, 100x15 mm hot","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WB 200 S manual angle bender cold bends flat steel up to 100×7 mm and round bars Ø 22 mm, hot bends up to 100×15 mm and Ø 27 mm. Capacity on copper 100×12 mm, aluminum 100×15 mm, angle steel sections 100×10 mm cold and 100×15 mm hot. Weight 33 kg. Standard equipment: bending plate, continuous angle stop, eccentric clamping block, material stop. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat steel capacity (cold):\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 7 mm \/ 65 × 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat steel capacity (hot):\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 15 mm \/ 75 × 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound steel capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 22 mm cold \/ Ø 27 mm hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle steel capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 10 mm cold \/ 100 × 15 mm hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 × 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 33 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the WB 200 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WB 200 S is the top-of-the-range manual angle bender from Bernardo, sized for demanding bends on steel flats up to 100 mm wide and angle sections up to 100×10 mm. Compared to the WB 70 S, its capacity increases across all parameters: wider flats, thicker bars, heavier angles. The 33 kg structure provides superior stability during bending, which is necessary when exerting high forces to bend substantial angle sections. It works cold for standard pieces and hot for thicker materials, following the same logic as all Bernardo manual bending machines. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by professional blacksmiths, manufacturers of structural gates and railings, light carpentry workshops, and workshops that regularly work with heavy angles or wide flats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo range of manual angle bending machines, the WB 200 S is the top model. Below it is the WB 70 S (flat capacity up to 70×5 mm cold, weight 20.5 kg) for workshops with more modest needs. The capacities of the WB 200 S cover the vast majority of light carpentry and professional blacksmith work: bending angles for gates, structural railings, metal door frames, mechanical supports. For workshops that continuously work with angles over 100×10 mm or flats over 100×15 mm, hydraulic bending machines would be necessary, but the vast majority of blacksmith work falls within the capabilities of the WB 200 S. Above the manual bending machines in the Bernardo range are motorized bending machines for sheet metal work (TBM 2020, TBM 3020) and industrial hydraulic bending machines (AKPL, press brakes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With 33 kg, it can be moved carefully by one person or easily by two people. It must be secured to a sturdy workbench. Interchangeable plates and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the WB 200 S is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacities exceed standard hobbyist needs. For occasional use, the lower-cost WB 70 S may suffice.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional blacksmith \/ light carpentry workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacities for 100×7 mm flats cold and 100×10 mm angles cover the vast majority of daily light carpentry work. The 33 kg structure provides adequate stability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGate \/ structural railing manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor regular bending of substantial angle sections and heavy profiles. The machine is sized for daily craft use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending steel flats over 100×7 mm cold or over 100×15 mm hot (design limits); sheet metal fabrication (TB bench folders or TBM motorized folders); repetitive, high-volume bending in series production (consider hydraulic bending machines with automatic positioning).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFlat steel capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 7 mm \/ 65 × 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 15 mm \/ 75 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBar capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound steel (cold)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound steel (hot)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 27 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare steel (cold)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare steel (hot)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 × 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAngle capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle steel (cold)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle steel (hot)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity on other metals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 × 15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 430 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous angle stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEccentric clamping block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concrete difference compared to the WB 70 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WB 200 S bends flats up to 100×7 mm cold (vs 70×5 mm), angles up to 100×10 mm (vs 60×8 mm), round bars up to Ø 22 mm (vs Ø 18 mm). It weighs 33 kg vs 20.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WB 200 S is designed for professional workshops with daily work on significant sections. For artisanal blacksmiths with occasional work, the WB 70 S is appropriately sized and costs less. For those who regularly make gates and structural railings with heavy angles, the WB 200 S is the right investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend 100×10 mm angles cold without problems?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that is the machine's nominal cold capacity. It requires significant force on the lever: for pieces near the maximum limit, it is advisable to slightly heat the bending point to reduce effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity is verified by Bernardo under standard laboratory conditions. In the workshop, material quality (mild steel vs high-strength structural steel) can affect the force required. For repetitive bends on large angles, it is advisable to slightly heat the bending point: this reduces operator effort and machine wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the included bending plate sufficient for most jobs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor bending angles, standard flats, and bars, the supplied plate covers the vast majority of operations. For specific bending radii, optional radius plates are available (R10, R15, R20, R25).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WB 200 S in standard configuration is optimized for sharp angular bends. For workshops that regularly perform specific bending radii (curved frames, artistic decorations), radius plates are available as optional accessories. Krollit provides information on compatible optional plates upon request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine truly suitable for daily professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but as it is a manual bending machine, its productivity depends on the operator. For high-volume series production, consider hydraulic bending machines with automatic positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WB 200 S is structurally sized for daily professional use: its 33 kg weight and robust geometry withstand continuous work cycles. The limit is ergonomic rather than mechanical: for long shifts with repetitive bends, operator fatigue becomes the limiting factor. For series production of standard parts, a motorized or hydraulic bending machine would reduce effort and increase output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed to install it in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 900 × 430 × 310 mm. It must be secured to a sturdy workbench. For handling pieces, an operating space of at least 3 × 1.5 m is needed, considering long bars and profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe support bench must be sized to withstand significant lateral forces during bending. For bending 100 mm angles, the lever exerts significant forces on the work surface: a light or unstable bench becomes dangerous. For workshops without an adequate structural bench, a dedicated Bernardo base is available as an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693034705224,"sku":"06-1061","price":475.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_angolare_Bernardo_WB_200_S.jpg?v=1758191409"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-1270-flex","title":"Bernardo TB 1270 Flex – Manual Bending Machine with Segmented Blades 1270 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"299\" data-end=\"363\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1270 Flex Folding Machine with Segmented Blades\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"421\" data-end=\"1332\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"470\" data-end=\"506\"\u003eBernardo TB 1270 Flex folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional universal machine designed for tinsmiths, repair shops, and craft workshops. Thanks to its segmented upper, lower, and bending blades, it offers endless processing possibilities and allows for the creation of complex boxes, cases, and profiles with opposing bends. The tall upper blade enables the creation of high folded profiles, while the large flat guide ensures precise and smooth movements. The bending process is made smoother by an auxiliary cylinder that reduces operator effort. With a working length of 1270 mm and capacity up to 2.0 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), the TB 1270 Flex is the ideal solution for those seeking a robust, versatile, and high-precision folding machine with excellent value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1334\" data-end=\"1337\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1339\" data-end=\"1918\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1339\" data-end=\"1372\"\u003e✅ Main Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1372\" data-end=\"1375\"\u003e• Segmented upper, lower, and bending blades for maximum flexibility\u003cbr data-start=\"1456\" data-end=\"1459\"\u003e• Creation of complex boxes, cases, and profiles with opposing bends\u003cbr data-start=\"1537\" data-end=\"1540\"\u003e• Working length 1270 mm, max. thickness 2.0 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1591\" data-end=\"1594\"\u003e• Tall upper blade for producing high folded profiles\u003cbr data-start=\"1663\" data-end=\"1666\"\u003e• Large flat guide for precise processing\u003cbr data-start=\"1724\" data-end=\"1727\"\u003e• Auxiliary cylinder that supports bending during folding\u003cbr data-start=\"1795\" data-end=\"1798\"\u003e• 600 mm backgauge for repetitive work\u003cbr data-start=\"1855\" data-end=\"1858\"\u003e• Robust construction and modern design for professional use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1920\" data-end=\"1923\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1925\" data-end=\"1950\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1925\" data-end=\"1948\"\u003e📊 Technical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"2425\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1972\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1972\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1952\" data-end=\"1962\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1962\" data-end=\"1972\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"2425\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"2001\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1983\" data-end=\"1989\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"1989\" data-end=\"2001\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2002\" data-end=\"2026\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2002\" data-end=\"2010\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2010\" data-end=\"2026\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eTB 1270 Flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2027\" data-end=\"2058\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2027\" data-end=\"2047\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2047\" data-end=\"2058\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2059\" data-end=\"2103\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2059\" data-end=\"2093\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2093\" data-end=\"2103\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2104\" data-end=\"2150\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2104\" data-end=\"2141\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Opening Width with Segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2141\" data-end=\"2150\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2151\" data-end=\"2200\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2151\" data-end=\"2190\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Opening Width without Segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2190\" data-end=\"2200\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2201\" data-end=\"2241\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2201\" data-end=\"2231\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. Closed Clearance Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2231\" data-end=\"2241\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2275\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2242\" data-end=\"2262\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBending Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2262\" data-end=\"2275\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2305\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2276\" data-end=\"2295\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2295\" data-end=\"2305\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2306\" data-end=\"2334\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2306\" data-end=\"2324\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2324\" data-end=\"2334\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2335\" data-end=\"2365\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2335\" data-end=\"2354\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMachine Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2354\" data-end=\"2365\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2389\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2366\" data-end=\"2378\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2378\" data-end=\"2389\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2390\" data-end=\"2409\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2390\" data-end=\"2398\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2398\" data-end=\"2409\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2410\" data-end=\"2425\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2410\" data-end=\"2415\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2415\" data-end=\"2425\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e465 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2427\" data-end=\"2454\"\u003e* with backgauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2456\" data-end=\"2459\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2461\" data-end=\"2756\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2461\" data-end=\"2495\"\u003e📦 Package Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2495\" data-end=\"2498\"\u003e• Bernardo TB 1270 Flex Folding Machine\u003cbr data-start=\"2532\" data-end=\"2535\"\u003e• Segmented Upper Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2562\" data-end=\"2565\"\u003e• Segmented Lower Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2592\" data-end=\"2595\"\u003e• Segmented Bending Blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2625\" data-end=\"2628\"\u003e• Backgauge\u003cbr data-start=\"2648\" data-end=\"2651\"\u003e• Left\/Right Angle Segments 75 mm | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 200 | 250 | 270 mm\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693036769608,"sku":"06-1402B","price":4599.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_1270_Flex_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758642363"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbm-2020","title":"Bernardo TBM 2020 – Motorised folding machine with segmented blade 2020 mm","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"271\" data-end=\"343\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TBM 2020 Motorized Folding Machine with Segmented Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"397\" data-end=\"1435\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"446\" data-end=\"478\"\u003eBernardo TBM 2020 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized machine designed to bend sheet metal up to 2020 mm in length and 1.5 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Equipped with a segmented upper blade, it allows for a wide variety of bends, including boxes and complex profiles. The movement of the upper blade and the bending process are driven by dedicated electric motors, connected via a chain drive for consistent and reliable power. The bending angle is adjusted using a graduated ring, ensuring precision and repeatability. The foot pedal control allows the operator to have their hands free, while the integrated emergency stop ensures maximum safety. The welded steel structure and large flat guides guarantee stability and torsion-free processing. With a weight of 1050 kg, the TBM 2020 is ideal for tinsmiths, workshops, and companies that require productivity, safety, and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1437\" data-end=\"1440\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1442\" data-end=\"1959\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1442\" data-end=\"1475\"\u003e✅ Main features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"1475\" data-end=\"1478\"\u003e• Professional motorized folding machine with segmented blade\u003cbr data-start=\"1536\" data-end=\"1539\"\u003e• Working length 2020 mm, max. thickness 1.5 mm\u003cbr data-start=\"1590\" data-end=\"1593\"\u003e• Motorized upper blade movement and bending process\u003cbr data-start=\"1657\" data-end=\"1660\"\u003e• Graduated ring for precise bending angle adjustment\u003cbr data-start=\"1726\" data-end=\"1729\"\u003e• Robust welded steel structure for stability and durability\u003cbr data-start=\"1790\" data-end=\"1793\"\u003e• Chain drive for constant power\u003cbr data-start=\"1837\" data-end=\"1840\"\u003e• Foot pedal control with integrated emergency stop\u003cbr data-start=\"1897\" data-end=\"1900\"\u003e• Large flat guides for precise movements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1961\" data-end=\"1964\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1966\" data-end=\"1991\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1966\" data-end=\"1989\"\u003e📊 Technical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2574\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2013\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2013\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"1993\" data-end=\"2003\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"2003\" data-end=\"2013\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"2024\" data-end=\"2574\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2024\" data-end=\"2042\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2024\" data-end=\"2030\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2030\" data-end=\"2042\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2043\" data-end=\"2063\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2043\" data-end=\"2051\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2051\" data-end=\"2063\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eTBM 2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2064\" data-end=\"2095\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2064\" data-end=\"2084\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2084\" data-end=\"2095\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2096\" data-end=\"2140\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2096\" data-end=\"2130\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2130\" data-end=\"2140\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2141\" data-end=\"2188\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2141\" data-end=\"2178\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2178\" data-end=\"2188\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2189\" data-end=\"2238\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2189\" data-end=\"2228\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2228\" data-end=\"2238\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2239\" data-end=\"2278\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2239\" data-end=\"2269\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2269\" data-end=\"2278\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2279\" data-end=\"2312\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2279\" data-end=\"2299\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2299\" data-end=\"2312\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2313\" data-end=\"2341\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2313\" data-end=\"2331\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2331\" data-end=\"2341\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2342\" data-end=\"2378\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2342\" data-end=\"2369\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eT-slot dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2369\" data-end=\"2378\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2379\" data-end=\"2420\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2379\" data-end=\"2409\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eUpper blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2409\" data-end=\"2420\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2421\" data-end=\"2465\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2421\" data-end=\"2454\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBending blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2454\" data-end=\"2465\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2466\" data-end=\"2484\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2466\" data-end=\"2475\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2475\" data-end=\"2484\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2485\" data-end=\"2515\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2485\" data-end=\"2504\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2504\" data-end=\"2515\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e3680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2516\" data-end=\"2537\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2516\" data-end=\"2527\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2527\" data-end=\"2537\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2538\" data-end=\"2557\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2538\" data-end=\"2546\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2546\" data-end=\"2557\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"2558\" data-end=\"2574\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2558\" data-end=\"2563\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"2563\" data-end=\"2574\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e1050 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"2576\" data-end=\"2579\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2581\" data-end=\"2859\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2581\" data-end=\"2615\"\u003e📦 Package contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2615\" data-end=\"2618\"\u003e• Bernardo TBM 2020 Folding Machine\u003cbr data-start=\"2648\" data-end=\"2651\"\u003e• Segmented upper blade\u003cbr data-start=\"2678\" data-end=\"2681\"\u003e• Bending angle scale\u003cbr data-start=\"2712\" data-end=\"2715\"\u003e• Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr data-start=\"2752\" data-end=\"2755\"\u003e• Bending segments: 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 200 | 270 | 400 | 400 mm\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693043487048,"sku":"06-1409XL","price":11090.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_motorizzata_Bernardo_TBM_2020_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758640824"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbm-3020","title":"Bernardo TBM 3020 – Motorised folding machine with segmented blade 3020 mm","description":"\u003cp data-end=\"343\" data-start=\"271\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TBM 3020 Motorized Folding Machine with Segmented Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1456\" data-start=\"397\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-end=\"478\" data-start=\"446\"\u003eBernardo TBM 3020 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized machine, designed for precise bending of sheet metal up to 3020 mm in length and 1.0 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Equipped with a segmented upper blade, it allows for a wide range of bending possibilities, including complex boxes and profiles. The upper blade advancement and the bending process are motorized, with a chain drive to ensure power and consistency in operation. The graduated ring allows for precise adjustment of the bending angle, while the foot pedal with integrated emergency stop switch ensures maximum safety and hands-free operation for positioning the workpiece. The robust welded steel structure and large flat guides guarantee stability and precise movements. With a weight of 1630 kg and dedicated motors for the upper blade (0.37 kW) and the bending blade (0.75 kW), the TBM 3020 is ideal for workshops, sheet metal shops, and professional departments that require reliability, efficiency, and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1461\" data-start=\"1458\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"1973\" data-start=\"1463\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"1496\" data-start=\"1463\"\u003e✅ Main features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-end=\"1499\" data-start=\"1496\"\u003e• Motorized folding machine with segmented upper blade\u003cbr data-end=\"1556\" data-start=\"1553\"\u003e• Working length 3020 mm, max thickness 1.0 mm\u003cbr data-end=\"1610\" data-start=\"1607\"\u003e• Motorized upper blade advancement and bending\u003cbr data-end=\"1665\" data-start=\"1662\"\u003e• Graduated ring for precise bending angle adjustment\u003cbr data-end=\"1734\" data-start=\"1731\"\u003e• Chain drive for constant power\u003cbr data-end=\"1781\" data-start=\"1778\"\u003e• Robust welded steel structure for stability and long life\u003cbr data-end=\"1851\" data-start=\"1848\"\u003e• Large flat guides for accurate movements\u003cbr data-end=\"1912\" data-start=\"1909\"\u003e• Foot pedal with integrated emergency stop switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"1978\" data-start=\"1975\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2005\" data-start=\"1980\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"2003\" data-start=\"1980\"\u003e📊 Technical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"_tableContainer_1rjym_1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group _tableWrapper_1rjym_13 flex w-fit flex-col-reverse\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2017\" data-start=\"2007\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2027\" data-start=\"2017\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2056\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2044\" data-start=\"2038\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2056\" data-start=\"2044\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2077\" data-start=\"2057\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2065\" data-start=\"2057\"\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2077\" data-start=\"2065\"\u003eTBM 3020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2109\" data-start=\"2078\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2098\" data-start=\"2078\"\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2109\" data-start=\"2098\"\u003e3020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2154\" data-start=\"2110\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2144\" data-start=\"2110\"\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2154\" data-start=\"2144\"\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2202\" data-start=\"2155\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2192\" data-start=\"2155\"\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2202\" data-start=\"2192\"\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2252\" data-start=\"2203\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2242\" data-start=\"2203\"\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2252\" data-start=\"2242\"\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2292\" data-start=\"2253\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2283\" data-start=\"2253\"\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2292\" data-start=\"2283\"\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2326\" data-start=\"2293\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2313\" data-start=\"2293\"\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2326\" data-start=\"2313\"\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2355\" data-start=\"2327\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2345\" data-start=\"2327\"\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2355\" data-start=\"2345\"\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2392\" data-start=\"2356\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2383\" data-start=\"2356\"\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2392\" data-start=\"2383\"\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2434\" data-start=\"2393\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2423\" data-start=\"2393\"\u003eUpper blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2434\" data-start=\"2423\"\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2479\" data-start=\"2435\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2468\" data-start=\"2435\"\u003eBending blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2479\" data-start=\"2468\"\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2498\" data-start=\"2480\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2489\" data-start=\"2480\"\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2498\" data-start=\"2489\"\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2529\" data-start=\"2499\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2518\" data-start=\"2499\"\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2529\" data-start=\"2518\"\u003e3680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2551\" data-start=\"2530\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2541\" data-start=\"2530\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2551\" data-start=\"2541\"\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2571\" data-start=\"2552\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2560\" data-start=\"2552\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2571\" data-start=\"2560\"\u003e1450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2572\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2577\" data-start=\"2572\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2588\" data-start=\"2577\"\u003e1630 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003chr data-end=\"2593\" data-start=\"2590\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"2900\" data-start=\"2595\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-end=\"2629\" data-start=\"2595\"\u003e📦 Package contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-end=\"2632\" data-start=\"2629\"\u003e• Bernardo TBM 3020 Folding Machine\u003cbr data-end=\"2665\" data-start=\"2662\"\u003e• Segmented upper blade\u003cbr data-end=\"2695\" data-start=\"2692\"\u003e• Graduated scale for bending angle\u003cbr data-end=\"2738\" data-start=\"2735\"\u003e• Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr data-end=\"2778\" data-start=\"2775\"\u003e• Bending segments: 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 200 | 200 | 270 | 400 | 400 | 400 | 400 mm\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693044371784,"sku":"06-1411XL","price":15323.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_motorizzata_Bernardo_TBM_3020_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758641512"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-bm-2020","title":"Bernardo BM 2020 - Manual folding machine with cutting rails 2020 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine with cutting rails BM 2020\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BM 2020 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile and robust machine, designed for bending sheet metal up to 2020 mm in length and 2.0 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Equipped with cutting rails and a flat guide for precise upper blade movement, it offers simple and efficient use. The bending angle, manually adjustable via a scale, allows for the creation of various profile types up to 135°. The large 124 mm opening allows working on tall pieces, while the large locking lever ensures secure material clamping. Thanks to the bracket handle, bending is easy and fast. The BM 2020 is made of welded steel, suitable for intensive use, and can be integrated with an optional backgauge for series production. With its 1010 kg weight, it ensures stability and precision even in the most demanding jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Versatile manual folding machine with cutting rails\u003cbr\u003e Working length up to 2020 mm, max thickness 2.0 mm\u003cbr\u003e Flat guide for precise upper blade movement\u003cbr\u003e Manually adjustable bending angle (0°–135°)\u003cbr\u003e Large 124 mm opening for tall pieces\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel construction for intensive use\u003cbr\u003e Bracket handle for easy and fast bending\u003cbr\u003e Optional backgauge for series production\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM 2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e124 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1010 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BM 2020 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Integrated flat guide\u003cbr\u003e Bracket handle\u003cbr\u003e Large locking lever\u003cbr\u003e Integrated cutting rails\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between BM (manual), TBM (motorized), and SB (with rails)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBM: manual lever folding machine — suitable for low-volume artisanal production. TBM: motorized version of the BM — same capacity but lever operated by motor, less fatigue in continuous production. SB: folding machine with integrated cutting rails — allows cutting and bending sheet metal at the same station without moving the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50%. For stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40%. Copper behaves similarly to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre segmented blades included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Interchangeable segmented blades are included as standard equipment on BM and TBM folding machines. They allow bending U-profiles and boxes where the sheet metal must pass through the presser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement blades and segments are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694982762824,"sku":"06-1418XL","price":6088.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_BM_2020_con_rotaie_di_taglio.jpg?v=1758638636"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbm-2520","title":"Bernardo TBM 2520 – Motorized Segmented Press Brake 2520 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TBM 2520 Motorized Folding Machine with Segmented Blade\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TBM 2520 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional motorized machine, suitable for sheet metal workers, workshops, and companies that require precision and productivity. With a working length of 2520 mm and a capacity of up to 1.0 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), it offers reliable performance even in intensive operations. Equipped with a segmented upper blade, it allows for a wide range of bends, including complex boxes and profiles. The advancement of the upper blade and the bending process are motorized, with chain drive for optimal power distribution. The graduated ring allows for precise adjustment of the bending angle, while the foot pedal control with emergency stop switch ensures safety and free hands for workpiece positioning. The welded steel structure and large flat guides guarantee stability and torsion-free processing. With a weight of 1310 kg, the TBM 2520 is suitable for high-precision professional bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Motorized folding machine with segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Working length 2520 mm, max. thickness 1.0 mm\u003cbr\u003e Motorized upper blade advancement and bending\u003cbr\u003e Graduated ring for precise angle adjustment\u003cbr\u003e Chain drive for optimal power distribution\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for stability and long life\u003cbr\u003e Large flat guides for accurate movements\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal control with integrated emergency stop switch\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBM 2520\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending blade motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1310 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo TBM 2520 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Bending angle scale\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments: 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 200 | 270 | 400 | 400 | 400 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between BM (manual), TBM (motorized) and SB (with rails)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBM: manual lever folding machine — suitable for low-volume artisanal production. TBM: motorized version of the BM — same capacity but lever operated by motor, less fatigue in continuous production. SB: folding machine with integrated cutting rails — allows cutting and bending sheet metal in the same workstation without moving the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50%. For stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40%. For copper, behavior is similar to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre segmented blades included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Interchangeable segmented blades are included in the standard equipment of BM and TBM folding machines. They allow bending U-profiles and boxes where the sheet metal must pass through the presser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo spare blades and segments available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694987317576,"sku":"06-1410XL","price":14237.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_motorizzata_Bernardo_TBM_2520_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758641290"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-1300x30","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 1300 x 30","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 1300 x 30 Hydraulic Press Brake \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 1300 x 30 hydraulic press brake is suitable for workshops and metalworking shops that require a compact yet highly efficient machine. With a bending force of 30 tons and a working length of 1300 mm, it produces precise and repeatable results even in the most complex operations. The synchronized dual-cylinder system, professional-grade steel frame, and backgauge with ball screw ensure reliability, stability, and precision. The NC E21S numerical control makes operation intuitive, while quick tool changes reduce setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 30-ton bending force with 1300 mm working length\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel upper beam movement\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control for simple and fast operation\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping for fast changes\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings for versatile bends\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw (0–500 mm) for high precision\u003cbr\u003e Stable, stress-free steel structure\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal control with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900 x 1600 x 1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal control with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be checked on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the technical data table for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695000949064,"sku":"06-1971XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_1300_x_30_CNC_E21S.png?v=1758097636"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-1600x63","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 1600 x 63","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 1600 x 63\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 1600 x 63 hydraulic press brake is a versatile and compact machine, suitable for workshops and metalworking shops that require high performance in confined spaces. With a bending force of 63 tons and a working length of 1600 mm, it guarantees precision, reliability, and repeatability even in the most demanding operations. The synchronized dual-cylinder system ensures parallel and uniform movements, while the backgauge with a ball screw allows for extremely accurate positioning. Thanks to the NC E21S numerical control and quick tool changes, the machine offers ease of use and operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bending force of 63 tons with a working length of 1600 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel and precise descent of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and intuitive NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping for fast changes\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw (0–500 mm) for high precision\u003cbr\u003e High-strength, stable, and stress-free steel structure\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grid and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 x 1800 x 2050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm on 2,000 mm → approximately 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the specific model's technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695005012296,"sku":"06-1971XL2","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_1600_x_63_CNC_E21S_63_t.jpg?v=1758101088"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-2000x40","title":"Bernardo AKPL 2000 x 40 Hydraulic Press Brake","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 2000 x 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 2000 x 40 hydraulic press brake is suitable for workshops and metal fabrication companies that need a compact, reliable, and precise machine. With a bending force of 40 tons and a working length of 2000 mm, it offers high performance for small to medium-sized sheet metal processing. The professional-grade, stress-relieved steel frame ensures robustness and stability, while synchronized cylinders guarantee parallel and uniform bends. The backgauge with ball screw ensures precise positioning, and the NC E21S numerical control allows for intuitive and quick operation. The quick tool change system reduces setup times, improving productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bending force of 40 tons with a working length of 2000 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel and uniform descent of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and easy-to-use NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with high-precision ball screw (0–500 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Robust, stress-relieved steel frame for stability and durability\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grating and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 x 1900 x 1950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grating\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the necessary bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × tensile strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8 × thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for every mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Check the technical data table for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695008846152,"sku":"06-1971XL1","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_2000_x_40_CNC_E21S_40_t.jpg?v=1758104063"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-2000x80","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 2000 x 80","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 2000 x 80\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 2000 x 80 hydraulic press brake combines power and compactness, offering a bending force of 80 tons and a working length of 2000 mm. Suitable for workshops and metal fabricators requiring a precise and reliable machine, this press produces uniform and repeatable results on various sheet metal thicknesses. The robust, stress-relieved steel frame and synchronized cylinders ensure maximum stability and long service life. The backgauge with ball screw guarantees extremely accurate positioning, while the NC E21S numerical control simplifies operation. The quick tool change system reduces setup times, improving productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 80-ton bending force with a working length of 2000 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel and uniform movements\u003cbr\u003e Simple and intuitive NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw (0–600 mm) for high precision\u003cbr\u003e High-strength, stable, and stress-relieved steel frame\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grid and emergency foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Between Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 x 1900 x 2080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 4600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × tensile strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for every mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Check the technical data sheet for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695012745544,"sku":"06-1971XL3","price":29805.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_2000_x_80_CNC_E21S_80_t.jpg?v=1758104459"},{"product_id":"pressa-piegatrice-bernardo-akpl-2500x100","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic press brake AKPL 2500 x 100","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 2500 x 100 Hydraulic Press Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 2500 x 100 hydraulic press brake is designed for high-precision sheet metal bending operations. Equipped with a synchronized dual-cylinder system and a robust high-strength steel frame, this machine offers high performance, safety, and reliability. The segmented upper tool with quick clamping allows for fast changes and a wide variety of applications. The simple and intuitive NC E21S control system ensures optimal processing management, while the ball screw on the X-axis guarantees precise backgauge positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bending force: 100 tons\u003cbr\u003e Working length 2500 mm with distance between uprights of 2050 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel descent of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control integrated into the control panel\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw (0–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick change\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system and protective grating\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet support included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 x 2000 x 2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grating\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal control with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the technical table for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695018250568,"sku":"06-1971XL5","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_piegatrice_Bernardo_AKPL_2500_x_100_per_piegatura_professionale.jpg?v=1758030997"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-2500x80","title":"Bernardo AKPL 2500 x 80 Hydraulic Press Brake","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 2500 x 80 Hydraulic Press Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 2500 x 80 hydraulic press brake is suitable for workshops and metal fabrication companies that need a compact yet powerful machine. With an 80-ton bending force and a working length of 2500 mm, it ensures precision and repeatability even in the most demanding operations. The stress-free steel frame and synchronized cylinders provide stability and long-lasting durability, while the backgauge with recirculating ball screw allows for precise positioning. The E21S NC control simplifies operation, and the quick tool clamping system reduces setup times, increasing production efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 80-ton bending force with a working length of 2500 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders to ensure uniform and parallel bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated E21S NC control, easy and intuitive\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings for various applications\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with recirculating ball screw (0–600 mm) for high precision\u003cbr\u003e Robust, stress-free steel frame for stability and long-term durability\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grille and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 x 2000 x 2080 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with recirculating ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e E21S NC control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grille\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the necessary bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × tensile strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for every mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), the capacity increases by 50%. Check with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be checked on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Check the technical table of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695023329608,"sku":"06-1971XL4","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_2500_x_80_CNC_E21S_80_t.jpg?v=1758104910"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-3200x125","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 3200 x 125","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 3200 x 125 Hydraulic Press Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 3200 x 125 hydraulic press brake is designed for uniform, precise, and repeatable bends on large sheet metal. With a bending force of 125 tons and a working length of 3200 mm, it offers high performance and reliability even in the most demanding operations. The manual crowning system, supplied as standard, allows compensation for natural deformations and ensures perfectly linear bends. The robust, stress-free steel frame, synchronized cylinders, and backgauge with ball screw guarantee maximum stability and precision. The simple and intuitive NC E21S numerical control makes machine management quick and efficient, while the quick tool change system reduces setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bending force of 125 tons with a working length of 3200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system included as standard for uniform bends\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel descent of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e High-precision backgauge with ball screw (0–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings for various types of bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and easy-to-use NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e High-strength, stable, and stress-free steel frame\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grid and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3650 x 2080 x 2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the necessary bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm on 2,000 mm → approximately 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the technical table for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695027949896,"sku":"06-1971XL7","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_3200_x_125_CNC_E21S_125_t.jpg?v=1758100211"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-3200x160","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 3200 x 160","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 3200 x 160 hydraulic press brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 3200 x 160 hydraulic press brake is designed to meet the needs of workshops and metal fabrication shops that require a powerful and versatile machine for processing large sheet metal. With a bending force of 160 tons and a working length of 3200 mm, it ensures high performance and precise results even with significant thicknesses. The manual crowning system, supplied as standard, ensures perfectly uniform bends along the entire working length. Thanks to the synchronized cylinders, the robust steel frame, and the backgauge with ball screw, the machine offers stability, reliability, and precision. The NC E21S control makes operation simple and intuitive, while the quick tool change system reduces setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bending force of 160 tons and working length of 3200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Manually adjustable crowning system included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders to ensure parallel and precise descent\u003cbr\u003e High-precision backgauge with ball screw (0–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and easy-to-use NC E21S control\u003cbr\u003e Robust professional-quality, stress-free steel structure\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system, protective grid, and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports supplied as standard\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3700 x 2020 x 2530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 9500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Manually adjustable crowning system\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V's\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Check the technical table of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695031849288,"sku":"06-1971XL9","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_3200_x_160_160_t_CNC_E21S.jpg?v=1758098451"},{"product_id":"pressa-piegatrice-bernardo-akpl-1600x40","title":"Bernardo folding machine AKPL 1600 x 40","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 1600 x 40 Hydraulic Press Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 1600 x 40 hydraulic press brake is designed for high precision and reliability in metalworking. With a bending force of 40 tons and a working length of 1600 mm, it is the choice for workshops that need a compact yet powerful machine. The synchronized dual-cylinder system and the robust high-strength steel frame ensure stability and long durability. The segmented upper tool with quick change reduces setup times, while the E21S NC control makes machine management simple and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 40-ton bending force with a working length of 1600 mm\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel descent of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screws (0–500 mm) for high precision\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings for versatile bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and user-friendly E21S NC control\u003cbr\u003e Robust professional-grade, stress-relieved steel structure\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system with protective grille and emergency foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 x 1800 x 2030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3030 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 6 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e E21S NC control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grille\u003cbr\u003e Foot control pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow to calculate the required bending force?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch attachments (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the technical table for the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695039451464,"sku":"06-1971XL0","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_pressa_piegatrice_AKPL_1600_x_40_compatta_e_precisa.jpg?v=1758032039"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-3200x200","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic press brake AKPL 3200 x 200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AKPL 3200 x 200 Hydraulic Press Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 3200 x 200 hydraulic press brake is a high-performance machine designed for the most demanding operations on large and thick sheet metal. With a bending force of 200 tons and a working length of 3200 mm, it offers uncompromising power, stability, and precision. The manually adjustable crowning system, supplied as standard, compensates for structural deformations during processing, ensuring uniform and linear bends along the entire working length. The high-strength steel frame, synchronized cylinders, and ball screw backgauge ensure stability and reliability. The NC E21S numerical control makes operation simple and intuitive, while quick tool changes reduce setup times, improving productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 200-ton bending force with a working length of 3200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system for uniform bends across the entire length\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel and precise upper beam movement\u003cbr\u003e High-precision ball screw backgauge (0–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated, simple, and intuitive NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Robust, stress-free steel frame, stable and durable\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system, protective grid, and emergency stop pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Between Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3850 x 2500 x 2650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system\u003cbr\u003e Ball screw backgauge\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grid\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the necessary bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm on 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Check the technical table of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695041581384,"sku":"06-1972XL0","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_3200_x_200_CNC_E21S_200_t.jpg?v=1758105436"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-4000x160","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic press brake AKPL 4000 x 160","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 4000 x 160\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 4000 x 160 hydraulic press brake is designed to meet the demands of fabricators and workshops that process large and thick sheet metal. With a bending force of 160 tons and a working length of 4000 mm, it ensures power, stability, and precision even in the most demanding operations. The manual crowning system, supplied as standard, compensates for structural deformations during bending, producing uniform results across the entire working length. The stress-free steel frame, synchronized cylinders, and backgauge with recirculating ball screw provide high precision and durability. The E21S NC control makes operation simple and efficient, while the quick tool change system significantly reduces setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 160 tons bending force with 4000 mm working length\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders ensure parallel and uniform movement of the upper beam\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with recirculating ball screw (0–600 mm) for precise positioning\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings for diversified bends\u003cbr\u003e Integrated, simple, and intuitive E21S NC control\u003cbr\u003e Robust professional quality steel structure, stable and stress-free\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system, protective grating, and foot pedal with emergency stop\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStroke of piston\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4600 x 2300 x 2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge with recirculating ball screw\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 8 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e E21S NC control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grating\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the necessary bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × tensile strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for each mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm on 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers should be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Refer to the technical table of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695041876296,"sku":"06-1972XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_4000_x_160_CNC_E21S_160_t.jpg?v=1758103397"},{"product_id":"presse-piegatrici-bernardo-akpl-4000x125","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 4000 x 125","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hydraulic Press Brake AKPL 4000 x 125\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AKPL 4000 x 125 hydraulic press brake is designed for precise and uniform bends even on large sheet metal. With a bending force of 125 tons and a working length of 4000 mm, it is the choice for metalworking shops and workshops that require high performance. The manual crowning system, supplied as standard, compensates for deformations during processing, ensuring perfectly linear bends along the entire working length. The stress-free steel frame, synchronized cylinders, and ball screw backgauge guarantee stability and precision. The NC E21S numerical control makes operation simple and intuitive, while the quick tool change system minimizes setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 125-ton bending force with 4000 mm working length\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Synchronized cylinders for parallel and precise upper beam movement\u003cbr\u003e High-precision ball screw backgauge (0–600 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping for fast changes\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings for versatile processing\u003cbr\u003e Integrated and user-friendly NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Robust professional-grade steel structure, stable and stress-free\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system, protective grating, and emergency pedal\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge (X-axis)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4600 x 2300 x 2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 8300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Manual crowning system\u003cbr\u003e Ball screw backgauge\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper tool with quick clamping system\u003cbr\u003e Lower tool with 9 V-openings\u003cbr\u003e Front sheet supports\u003cbr\u003e NC E21S numerical control\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable backgauge fingers\u003cbr\u003e SDKELI safety system\u003cbr\u003e Side protective grating\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal with emergency stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the required bending force calculated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic formula: F (kN) = (8 × thickness² × strength × length) \/ V-opening. For S235 steel (400 N\/mm²) with V = 8× thickness: F ≈ 50 kN\/m for every mm of thickness. Example: 2 mm over 2,000 mm → approx. 200 kN (20T). The AKPL should be chosen with a nominal force at least 20% higher than the calculated force. For different materials or complex geometries, contact Krollit for verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for stainless steel with the AKPL?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For AISI 304 stainless steel (620 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 35–40%. For 5052 aluminum (195 N\/mm²), it increases by 50%. Verify with Krollit for specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre punches and dies interchangeable with those of other manufacturers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAKPL press brakes use standard European punch holders (Wila\/Wilson tooling). Compatibility with tools from other manufacturers must be verified on a case-by-case basis — it is preferable to use original Bernardo punches and dies to ensure correct clamping forces and safety. Contact Krollit for the availability of specific tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the backgauge motorized or manual?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the version. Basic AKPL models have a manual backgauge with screw adjustment. Versions with integrated NC have a motorized backgauge automatically positioned by the machine. Verify in the technical table of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695092863304,"sku":"06-1971XL8","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_piegatrice_idraulica_AKPL_4000_x_125_CNC_E21S_125_t.jpg?v=1758101792"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-b-1050-box","title":"Bernardo B 1050 BOX Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo B 1050 BOX is a professional sheet metal bending machine, weighing 190 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: B 1050 BOX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 1050 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width: 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending angle: 0° – 150°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine width: 1350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the B 1050 BOX and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the B 1050 BOX for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal casings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo B 1050 BOX is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the B 1050 BOX for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending sheet metal for manufacturing cabinets, profiles, and casings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine and metal container construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreating 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pipes or hollow profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending pipes or hollow profiles (machine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for pipes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 150°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB 1050 BOX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70% of the stated value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat working length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length determines the maximum size of the piece that can be bent in a single pass. Longer pieces require larger machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with a standard V punch. Check the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle positioning and backgauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability on the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require 400 V three-phase power supply; see \"Motor power\" for the precise data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the presence of an adequate three-phase line and size the cables based on the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714271416648,"sku":"06-1350","price":2300.08,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrici-con-lama-superiore-inferiore-e-di-piegatura-segm.jpg?v=1750267240"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-sb-610-s","title":"Bernardo SB 610 S - 610 mm Manual Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 610 S Folding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 610 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and professional manual folding machine, suitable for precision work on thin sheet metal in workshops, laboratories, and artisanal settings. With a \u003cstrong\u003eworking length of 610 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a bending capacity of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm on steel (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it produces reliable and consistent results.\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esegmented upper blade\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for complex bends and box-shaped parts, while the \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable bending angle from 0 to 135°\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures great operational flexibility. The low weight of \u003cstrong\u003e44 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, combined with the ergonomic working height of \u003cstrong\u003e870 mm with stand\u003c\/strong\u003e, makes the SB 610 S easy to integrate even in small spaces, maintaining high standards of stability and precision, typical of Bernardo products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Working length 610 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Max sheet thickness 1.0 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e• Segmented upper blade for complex bends\u003cbr\u003e• Adjustable bending angle from 0 to 135°\u003cbr\u003e• Max opening 24 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Compact design for small spaces\u003cbr\u003e• Ergonomic working height with stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSB 610 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height with Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Bernardo SB 610 S Manual Folding Machine\u003cbr\u003e• Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e• Bending segments: 26 | 52 | 76 | 203 | 253 mm\u003cbr\u003e• User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SB, TB, and TBM in the Bernardo folding machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSB: folding machine with integrated cutting rails — cuts and bends in the same position on thin sheet metal (up to 1 mm). TB: manual folding machine with segmented blades — for standard and angled bends on sheet metal up to 1.5–2 mm, interchangeable blades for U-profiles and boxes. TBM: motorized version of the TB — same capacity, motor-driven lever for less strenuous continuous production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, it increases by 30–50%. For AISI 304 stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40%. Copper behaves similarly to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre segmented blades included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the upper, lower, and bending segmented blades are included as standard equipment with Bernardo TB and TBM folding machines. They allow for bending U-profiles and boxes where the sheet metal needs to pass through the presser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714273972552,"sku":"06-1315B","price":418.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_SB_610_S.jpg?v=1758638043"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbs-1020","title":"Bernardo TBS 1020 Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS 1020 is a professional sheet metal bending machine, weighing 310 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: TBS 1020\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 1020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width: 54 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending angle: 0° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine width: 1350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth*: 1115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TBS 1020 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal workshops and sheet metal fabricators use the TBS 1020 for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal casings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TBS 1020 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TBS 1020 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal workshops and sheet metal fabricators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending sheet metal for manufacturing cabinets, profiles, and casings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine and metal container construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaking 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pipes or hollow profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dedicated to flat sheet metal: specific tube bending machines are needed for tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending pipes or hollow profiles (machine dedicated to flat sheet metal: specific tube bending machines are needed for tubes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 1020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70% of the declared value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat working length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length determines the maximum size of the workpiece that can be bent in a single pass. Longer workpieces require larger machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with a standard V-punch. Check the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle and backgauge positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability in the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require 400 V three-phase power supply; see \"Motor power\" for the precise data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the presence of an adequate three-phase line and size the cables according to the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714274398536,"sku":"06-1390","price":2415.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/06-1390_1.jpg?v=1750267292"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbs-1270","title":"Sheet Metal Folder Bernardo TBS 1270","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS 1270 is a professional sheet metal folding machine, weighing 360 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: TBS 1270\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 1270 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width: 46 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending angle: 0° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine width: 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth*: 1115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TBS 1270 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the TBS 1270 for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TBS 1270 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal folding machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TBS 1270 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending of sheet metal for the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and bodies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine and metal container construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaking 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pipes or hollow profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending pipes or hollow profiles (machine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for tubes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 1270\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70% of the stated value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is its usable length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usable length determines the maximum size of the piece that can be bent in a single pass. Longer pieces require larger machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with a standard V-punch. Check the technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle positioning and back gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability in the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require a 400 V three-phase power supply; see \"Motor power\" for the precise data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the presence of an adequate three-phase line and size the cables according to the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714274857288,"sku":"06-1395","price":2720.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TBS_1270_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758639708"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbs-1500","title":"Bernardo TBS 1500 Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS 1500 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, weighing 420 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: TBS 1500\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width: 43 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending angle: 0° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine width: 1820 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth*: 1115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TBS 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the TBS 1500 for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TBS 1500 is part of the Bernardo range of sheet metal bending machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TBS 1500 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending sheet metal for manufacturing cabinets, profiles, and bodies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine and metal container manufacturing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreating 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending tubes or hollow profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending tubes or hollow profiles (machine designed for flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for tubes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70% of the declared value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe useful length determines the maximum size of the piece that can be bent in a single pass. Longer pieces require larger machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with a standard V punch. Check the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle and backgauge positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability for the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require 400 V three-phase power supply, see \"Motor power\" for the precise data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck for an adequate three-phase line and size the cables according to the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714275348808,"sku":"06-1396","price":3342.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TBS_1500_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758640052"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tbs-2060","title":"Sheet Metal Folder Bernardo TBS 2060","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS 2060 is a sheet metal folder for professional use, weighing 520 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: TBS 2060\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 2065 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width with segments: 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. opening width without segments: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. closed passage height: 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBending angle: 0° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TBS 2060 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetalworking shops and sheet metal workshops use the TBS 2060 for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS 2060 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal folder range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TBS 2060 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending sheet metal for manufacturing cabinets, profiles, and bodies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine and metal container construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreating 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending pipes or hollow profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine designed for flat sheet metal: specific pipe benders are needed for pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending pipes or hollow profiles (machine designed for flat sheet metal: specific pipe benders are needed for pipes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2065 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 2060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70% of the stated value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe useful length determines the maximum size of the piece that can be bent in a single pass. Longer pieces require larger machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with a standard V punch. Check the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle positioning and backgauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability of the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require 400 V three-phase power supply; see \"Motor power\" for the precise figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the presence of an adequate three-phase line and size the cables based on the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714275545416,"sku":"06-1397","price":5331.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TBS_2060_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758640387"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-1020-flexx","title":"Bernardo TB 1020 Flex – Manual folding machine with segmented blades 1020 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1020 Flex Folder with Segmented Blades\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1020 Flex folder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional-grade universal machine suitable for plumbers, repair shops, and advanced artisanal work. Equipped with segmented upper, lower, and bending blades, it offers endless processing possibilities: the combination of inserts allows for the easy creation of boxes, cases, and complex profiles with opposing bends. The tall upper blade enables the creation of tall bent profiles, while the large flat guide ensures precise and consistent movements. An auxiliary cylinder supports the bending process, reducing operator effort. With a working length of 1020 mm and a capacity of up to 2.0 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), the TB 1020 Flex guarantees robustness, precision, and maximum flexibility, making it suitable for those who use a professional folder with an excellent quality-price ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Segmented upper, lower, and bending blades for maximum flexibility\u003cbr\u003e• Ability to create boxes, cases, and complex profiles with opposing bends\u003cbr\u003e• Working length 1020 mm, max. thickness 2.0 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Tall upper blade for creating tall bent profiles\u003cbr\u003e• Large flat guide for precise processing\u003cbr\u003e• Auxiliary cylinder that supports the bending process\u003cbr\u003e• 600 mm backgauge for repetitive processing\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure and modern design for professional use\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 1020 Flex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. closed passage height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e* with backgauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Bernardo TB 1020 Flex folder\u003cbr\u003e• Segmented upper, lower, and bending blades\u003cbr\u003e• Backgauge\u003cbr\u003e• Bending segments: left\/right corner 75 mm | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 200 | 270 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between SB, TB and TBM in the Bernardo folder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSB: folder with integrated cutting rails — cuts and bends in the same position on thin sheet metal (up to 1 mm). TB: manual folder with segmented blades — for standard and angled bends on sheet metal up to 1.5–2 mm, interchangeable blades for U-profiles and boxes. TBM: motorized version of the TB — same capacity, motor-driven lever for less strenuous continuous production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). On aluminum, it increases by 30–50%. On AISI 304 stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40%. On copper, the behavior is similar to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre segmented blades included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — segmented upper, lower, and bending blades are included as standard equipment on Bernardo TB and TBM folders. They allow bending U-profiles and boxes where the sheet metal must pass through the clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare blades available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714276233544,"sku":"06-1401B","price":4087.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_1020_Flex_con_lame_segmentate.jpg?v=1758642119"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-hr-300","title":"Bernardo HR 300 Sheet Metal Rolling Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HR 300 is a professional sheet metal bending machine with a working length of 300 mm, a diameter of 35 mm, and a weight of 10 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum bendable diameter: 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel S235JR: 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum \/ Copper: 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass: 1.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HR 300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the HR 300 for bending sheet metal to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HR 300 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HR 300 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HR 300 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending sheet metal for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the declared thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 140 x 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel S235JR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum \/ Copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTinplate \/ gold \/ silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLimited widths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum bendable diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 – 5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the working length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, while base models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714625704264,"sku":"06-1250","price":267.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_HR_300_compatta_da_banco.jpg?v=1758702077"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-hrm-1000","title":"Bernardo HRM 1000 Sheet Metal Roller","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo HRM 1000 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a max thickness of 1.5 mm, diameter of 60 mm, and weight of 206 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 1035 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 1570 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1030 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HRM 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the HRM 1000 for sheet metal rolling to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo HRM 1000 is part of Bernardo's range of sheet metal rolling machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HRM 1000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HRM 1000 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sheet metal rolling for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheet metal beyond the declared thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial rolling machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1035 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e206 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the usable length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual rolling machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench, floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714625900872,"sku":"06-1455","price":1695.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_HRM_1000_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758700730"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-hrm-1250","title":"Bernardo HRM 1250 Plate Rolling Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HRM 1250 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 1.25 mm, a diameter of 60 mm, and a weight of 236 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 1275 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1030 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HRM 1250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal workshops and sheet metal shops use the HRM 1250 for bending sheet metal to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HRM 1250 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HRM 1250 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HRM 1250 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal workshops and sheet metal shops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending sheet metal for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e236 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench, while floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714626261320,"sku":"06-1460","price":1891.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_HRM_1250_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758701273"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-hrm-610","title":"Bernardo HRM 610 Sheet Metal Rolling Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo HRM 610 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 2.0 mm, a diameter of 60 mm, and a weight of 166 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²): 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1030 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HRM 610 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops use the HRM 610 for bending sheet metal to create pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HRM 610 is part of Bernardo's range of sheet metal bending machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the HRM 610 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HRM 610 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sheet metal bending for the creation of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise sheet metal bending for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e166 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat thickness of sheet metal can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm for mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat working length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; series production requires motorized models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench; base models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714628555080,"sku":"06-1450","price":1451.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_HRM_610_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758699476"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-rm-1000","title":"Bernardo RM 1000 Sheet Metal Bending Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 1000 is a plate roll for professional use, with a max thickness of 0.8 mm, a diameter of 50 mm, and a weight of 86 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll diameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 270 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight*: 370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RM 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops use the RM 1000 for plate rolling to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 1000 is part of the Bernardo plate roll range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from the Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the RM 1000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM 1000 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: plate rolling for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal work\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e plate rolling beyond the declared thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial plate rolls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roll diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual plate rolls are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, while floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714628882760,"sku":"06-1430","price":642.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_RM_1000_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758702823"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-rm-1300","title":"Bernardo RM 1300 Sheet Metal Bending Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo RM 1300 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, with a max thickness of 1.5 mm, diameter of 75 mm, and weight of 200 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 1.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 1730 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 380 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight*: 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RM 1300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops use the RM 1300 for sheet metal bending to create tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 1300 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the RM 1300 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM 1300 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal construction companies and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending of sheet metal for the creation of tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal work\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat usable length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending requires multiple passes with recalibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; series production requires motorized models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench, while base models require a leveled floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714629079368,"sku":"06-1435","price":1293.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_RM_1300_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758698611"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-rm-305","title":"Bernardo RM 305 Plate Bending Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 305 is a professional sheet metal bending machine with a maximum thickness of 0.8 mm, a diameter of 25.4 mm, and a weight of 14 kg. Krollit has been the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll length: 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²): 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll diameter: 25.4 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 580 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight*: 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RM 305 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the RM 305 for sheet metal bending aimed at producing pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 305 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal bending machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance in selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been the official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the RM 305 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM 305 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sheet metal bending for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal work\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the declared thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet metal thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm for mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roll diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat effective length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, while stand-alone models require a leveled floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714629341512,"sku":"06-1420","price":241.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_RM_305_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758643318"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-rm-610","title":"Bernardo RM 610 Plate Rolling Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 610 is a professional sheet metal bending machine, with a max thickness of 0.8 mm, a diameter of 38 mm, and a weight of 38 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 0.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameter: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine length: 980 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight*: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the RM 610 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the RM 610 for bending sheet metal to create tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo RM 610 is part of the Bernardo range of sheet metal bending machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the RM 610 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM 610 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending sheet metal for the creation of tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for individual pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm for mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat effective length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending requires multiple passes with recalibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench, floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714629636424,"sku":"06-1425","price":488.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_manuale_Bernardo_RM_610_a_rulli.jpg?v=1758643533"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-sb-915-s","title":"Bernardo SB 915 S – 915 mm Manual Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine SB 915 S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 915 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional manual folding machine designed for precise processing of thin sheet metal in workshops, light carpentry, and artisanal laboratories. Thanks to its working length of \u003cstrong\u003e920 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and bending capacity of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm on steel (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it produces consistent results.\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esegmented upper blade\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for flexible processing even on complex parts, while the adjustable bending angle from \u003cstrong\u003e0 to 135°\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures maximum versatility. The robust structure, combined with an ergonomic working height of \u003cstrong\u003e900 mm with base\u003c\/strong\u003e, makes the SB 915 S stable, safe, and comfortable for daily use. Suitable for professionals seeking precision, build quality, and reliability from Bernardo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Working length 920 mm\u003cbr\u003e Maximum sheet thickness 1.0 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for complex bends\u003cbr\u003e Bending angle adjustable from 0 to 135°\u003cbr\u003e Maximum opening 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e Robust and stable structure for professional use\u003cbr\u003e Ergonomic working height with base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSB 915 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height with base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ewithout base\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo SB 915 S manual folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments: 25 | 51 | 77 | 203 | 255 | 305 mm\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the SB series and the TB series in the Bernardo folding machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB series (like this SB 915) has integrated cutting rails in the structure: it allows cutting the sheet metal to the desired size and bending it at the same station without moving the piece. The TB series, on the other hand, has a segmented upper blade (without cutting rails) — its superior strength and interchangeable segments make it suitable for complex profiles (boxes, U-edges, double folds) and thicker sheets. SB: cuts and bends thin sheet metal. TB: bends with a segmented blade for complex shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SB 915 cut and bend in the same station?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this is the main advantage of the SB series. The integrated cutting rails allow you to cut the sheet exactly to the desired width and then bend it immediately, keeping the piece in position. This eliminates the positioning errors typical of transferring between a separate cutting machine and bending machine, resulting in significant time savings in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the SB 915?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.0 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). On aluminum (160–200 N\/mm²), the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 1.4 mm. On AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% — approximately 0.7 mm. On copper: similar behavior to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you make a U-bend or a box with the SB 915?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB 915 is from the SB series — without a segmented blade, deep U-bends and boxes with high edges are not easily achievable (the high edge of the sheet interferes with the machine's structure during bending). For frequent production of U-profiles and boxes, consider the TB series with a segmented blade that allows for the removal of central segments to free up the necessary space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the cutting blades wear out and need to be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the integrated cutting blades wear out after intensive use. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Signs of wear: cut is no longer clean, need for excessive force, burrs on the cut edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715410891080,"sku":"06-1320B","price":603.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_SB_915_S.jpg?v=1758637789"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-sb-1220-s","title":"Bernardo SB 1220 S - Manual sheet metal folder 1220 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 1220 S Folding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 1220 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional manual folding machine designed for precise processing of medium-thickness sheet metal in workshops and light carpentry. With a \u003cstrong\u003eworking length of 1220 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a bending capacity of up to \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 mm on steel (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it offers high performance and great reliability.\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esegmented upper blade\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for complex bends and custom processing, while the \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable bending angle from 0 to 135°\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures ample operational flexibility. The robust structure, the weight of \u003cstrong\u003e135 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the ergonomic working height of \u003cstrong\u003e900 mm with stand\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure stability, precision, and comfort even during intensive use. A suitable solution for professionals looking for Bernardo's signature construction quality and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Working length 1220 mm\u003cbr\u003e Maximum sheet metal thickness 1.5 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for complex bends\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable bending angle from 0 to 135°\u003cbr\u003e Maximum opening 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Robust construction for professional use\u003cbr\u003e Ergonomic working height with stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSB 1220 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Sheet Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Height with Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Bernardo SB 1220 S Manual Folding Machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments: 5 × 51 mm | 6 × 76 mm | 5 × 102 mm\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the SB series and the TB series in the Bernardo folding machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB series (like this SB 1220) has cutting rails integrated into the structure: it allows you to cut the sheet metal to the desired size and fold it in the same position without moving the workpiece. The TB series, on the other hand, has a segmented upper blade (without cutting rails) — its superior strength and interchangeable segments make it suitable for complex profiles (boxes, U-bends, double hems) and thicker sheet metal. SB: cuts and folds thin sheet metal. TB: folds with a segmented blade for complex shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SB 1220 cut and fold in the same position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this is the main advantage of the SB series. The integrated cutting rails allow you to cut the sheet to the exact desired width and then fold it immediately, keeping the workpiece in position. This eliminates positioning errors typical of transferring between separate cutting and folding machines, saving significant time in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the SB 1220?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum (160–200 N\/mm²), the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For copper: similar behavior to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you make a U-bend or a box with the SB 1220?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB 1220 is from the SB series — without a segmented blade, deep U-bends and boxes with high edges are not easily achievable (the high edge of the sheet metal interferes with the machine structure during bending). For frequent production of U-profiles and boxes, consider the TB series with a segmented blade that allows the removal of central segments to free up the necessary space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the cutting blades wear out and need to be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the integrated cutting blades wear out after intensive use. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Signs of wear: a cut that is no longer clean, the need for excessive force, burrs on the cut edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715411710280,"sku":"06-1325B","price":1029.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_SB_1220_S.jpg?v=1758637394"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-sb-305-s","title":"Bernardo SB 305 S – 305 mm Manual Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine SB 305 S \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo SB 305 S manual bending machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and robust machine, designed for small bending jobs on sheet metal up to 305 mm in length and 1.0 mm in thickness (400 N\/mm²). Suitable for craft workshops, maintenance workshops, and vocational schools, it allows for precise and reliable bending in a simple way. The ergonomic bracket handle enables quick and comfortable bending, while the stable structure guarantees strength and long durability. With a maximum bending angle of 135°, it is suitable for standard applications and small-scale operations. Thanks to its compact dimensions and low weight, the SB 305 S is easily transportable and is the choice for those looking for a practical, economical, and functional bending machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Working length 305 mm\u003cbr\u003e Capacity up to 1.0 mm sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003cbr\u003e Bending angle up to 135°\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure for precise processing\u003cbr\u003e Ergonomic bracket handle for easy and fast bending\u003cbr\u003e Quick adjustment to sheet thickness\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for small workshops, schools, and maintenance departments\u003cbr\u003e Excellent value for money\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSB 305 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~25–30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~40–50 kg (approximate data)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo SB 305 S Bending Machine\u003cbr\u003e Bracket handle\u003cbr\u003e Basic accessories for immediate use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the SB series and the TB series in the Bernardo bending machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB series (like this SB 305) has cutting rails integrated into the structure: this allows you to cut the sheet metal to the desired size and bend it in the same position without moving the piece. The TB series, on the other hand, has a segmented upper blade (without cutting rails) — its superior strength and interchangeable segments make it suitable for complex profiles (boxes, U-shaped edges, double folds) and thicker sheet metal. SB: cuts and bends thin sheet metal. TB: bends with a segmented blade for complex shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the SB 305 cut and bend in the same position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this is the main advantage of the SB series. The integrated cutting rails allow you to cut the sheet exactly to the desired width and then bend it immediately, keeping the piece in position. This eliminates the positioning errors typical of transferring between a separate cutting machine and bending machine, resulting in significant time savings in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the SB 305?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.0 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum (160–200 N\/mm²), the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 1.4 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel (600 N\/mm²), the capacity is reduced by 30–40% — approximately 0.7 mm. For copper: similar behavior to aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you create a U-bend or a box with the SB 305?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB 305 is from the SB series — without a segmented blade, deep U-bends and boxes with high edges are not easily achievable (the high edge of the sheet metal interferes with the machine's structure during bending). For frequent production of U-profiles and boxes, consider the TB series with a segmented blade that allows for the removal of central segments to free up the necessary space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the cutting blades wear out and need to be replaced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the integrated cutting blades wear out after intensive use. Original Bernardo replacement blades are available with 3–5 working day shipping. Signs of wear: cut is no longer clean, need for excessive force, burrs on the cut edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715413086536,"sku":"06-1310B","price":308.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_SB_305_S.jpg?v=1758638257"},{"product_id":"piegatrice-con-lama-superiore-segmentata-tb-1020","title":"Bernardo TB 1020 Segmented Bending Machine – Professional and robust","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1020 Bending Machine with segmented upper blade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TB 1020 Bending Machine with segmented upper blade is a professional machine designed for precise sheet metal working up to 2.5 mm thick (400 N\/mm²). With a working length of 1020 mm and an adjustable bending angle from 0° to 135°, it allows for complex bends thanks to the interchangeable segments of the upper blade. The maximum opening width of 48 mm ensures flexibility even for wider profiles, while the backgauge facilitates series production. Robust and stable structure weighing approximately 290 kg, designed for durability and reliability in the workshop. Supplied complete with bending segments and included accessories, it is the right choice for metal fabricators, mechanical workshops, and artisans seeking precision and solidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Working length: 1020 mm\u003cbr\u003e Max sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²): 2.5 mm\u003cbr\u003e Max opening width: 48 mm\u003cbr\u003e Bending angle: 0° – 135°\u003cbr\u003e Dimensions: L 1350 × W 1115 × H 1140 mm\u003cbr\u003e Weight: approx. 290 kg\u003cbr\u003e Segmented interchangeable upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 1020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 290 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ewith backgauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSegmented upper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSegments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 – 30 – 35 – 40 – 45 – 50 – 75 – 100 – 150 – 200 – 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Complete Bernardo TB 1020 Bending Machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Backgauge\u003cbr\u003e Set of bending segments (25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 270 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB series and the SB series in the Bernardo bending machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB series (like this TB 1020) has a segmented upper blade: the segments are interchangeable and individually removable, allowing openings to be created in the blade to make boxes, deep U-profiles, and parts with high edges without interfering with the machine's structure. The SB series has integrated cutting rails — more suitable for cutting + bending thin sheet metal in a single station. TB: complex shapes. SB: cut and bend in sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are the interchangeable segments of the TB 1020 used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo make a box: remove the segments in the positions corresponding to the side walls of the box (where the already bent sheet metal must \"pass through\" the blade during subsequent bends). The segments can be assembled and disassembled without tools. This operation transforms the TB 1020 from a simple bending machine into a tool for complex three-dimensional shapes — the main functional difference compared to bending machines without a segmented blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the TB 1020?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For thicknesses near the limit, always verify with a test piece before series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the TB 1020 replace a press brake for artisanal work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets up to 1.5 mm and lengths up to 1020 mm, the TB 1020 covers the vast majority of artisanal work in sheet metal fabrication, light carpentry, and workshops. Press brakes (AKPL) are necessary when: thickness exceeds 3 mm, working in series with high volumes, millimeter repeatability is critical (the TB 1020 has manual precision). For artisanal production and maintenance, the TB is the correct choice for its cost\/performance ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre blades, segments, and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper blades, interchangeable segments, and original Bernardo spare parts are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715413545288,"sku":"06-1370","price":2196.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_Bernardo_TB_1020_con_lama_segmentata_per_lamiera.jpg?v=1757342059"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-1270","title":"Bernardo TB 1270 – Manual folding machine with segmented blade 1270 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine with Segmented Upper Blade TB 1270\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1270 manual folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal machine suitable for plumbers, repair shops, and artisan workshops. Designed with robust construction and a modern design, it offers reliability and ease of use. The segmented upper blade allows for a wide variety of bending possibilities, including complex profiles and parts of different sizes. Thanks to the foot pedal adjustment of the upper blade, the operator has their hands free to work more efficiently. Adjusting the lower blade to the sheet metal thickness is quick and easy, while the clamp handle allows for fast and precise bending. With a working length of 1270 mm and a capacity of up to 2 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), the TB 1270 guarantees excellent value for money and is suitable for flexible and reliable production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Robust construction with modern design\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for flexible processing\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal blade adjustment, hands-free during work\u003cbr\u003e Fast and precise standard manual bending\u003cbr\u003e High upper blade for high folded profiles\u003cbr\u003e Simple adjustment of the lower blade to sheet metal thickness\u003cbr\u003e Working length 1270 mm, up to 2 mm thickness\u003cbr\u003e Excellent value for money\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 1270\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e* with back gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo TB 1270 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmentable upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Back gauge\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 250 | 270 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB series and the SB series in Bernardo's range of folding machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB series (like this TB 1270) has a segmented upper blade: the segments are interchangeable and individually removable, allowing for openings in the blade to be created to make boxes, deep U-profiles, and parts with high edges without interfering with the machine's structure. The SB series has integrated cutting rails — more suitable for cutting + bending thin sheet metal in a single workstation. TB: complex shapes. SB: cut and bend in sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are the interchangeable segments of the TB 1270 used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo make a box: remove the segments in the positions corresponding to the side walls of the box (where the already bent sheet metal must \"pass through\" the blade during subsequent bends). The segments can be disassembled and reassembled without tools. This operation transforms the TB 1270 from a simple folding machine into a tool for complex three-dimensional shapes — the main functional difference compared to folding machines without a segmented blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the TB 1270?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). On aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. On AISI 304 stainless steel, it is reduced by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For thicknesses near the limit, always verify with a test piece before series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the TB 1270 replace a press brake for artisanal work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal up to 1.5 mm and lengths up to 1270 mm, the TB 1270 covers the vast majority of artisanal work in sheet metal fabrication, light carpentry, and workshops. Press brakes (AKPL) are necessary when: thickness exceeds 3 mm, working in series with high volumes, millimetric repeatability is critical (the TB 1270 has manual precision). For artisanal production and maintenance, the TB is the correct choice for its cost\/performance ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre blades, segments, and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper blades, interchangeable segments, and original Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715414298952,"sku":"06-1375","price":2305.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_1270_con_lama_superiore_segmentata.jpg?v=1758635668"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-1500","title":"Bernardo TB 1500 – Manual segment bender 1500 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine with Segmented Upper Blade TB 1500\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 1500 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal machine suitable for plumbers, repair shops, and craft workshops. Made with robust construction and modern design, it guarantees reliability and ease of use. The segmented upper blade allows for a wide range of bending possibilities, including complex profiles and boxes. Thanks to the pedal-operated upper blade adjustment, the operator has their hands free to position and work on the workpiece. The adjustment of the lower blade to the sheet metal thickness is quick, while the bracket handle facilitates fast and precise bends. The high upper blade allows for the creation of high folded profiles. With a working length of 1500 mm and a thickness capacity of up to 1.5 mm (400 N\/mm²), the TB 1500 is the right choice for those who need a robust, versatile, and excellent value-for-money manual folding machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for complex bends and boxes\u003cbr\u003e Pedal-operated upper blade adjustment, hands-free during work\u003cbr\u003e Robust and modern construction for reliability and durability\u003cbr\u003e High upper blade for high folded profiles\u003cbr\u003e Easy adjustment of the lower blade to the sheet metal thickness\u003cbr\u003e Bracket handle for easy and fast bends\u003cbr\u003e Working length 1500 mm, up to 1.5 mm thickness\u003cbr\u003e Excellent value for money\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e* with back gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo TB 1500 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Back gauge\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 2 x 250 | 270 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB series and the SB series in the Bernardo folding machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB series (like this TB 1500) has a segmented upper blade: the segments are interchangeable and individually removable, allowing for openings in the blade to create boxes, deep U-profiles, and parts with high edges without interfering with the machine's structure. The SB series has integrated cutting rails — more suitable for cutting + bending thin sheet metal in one station. TB: complex shapes. SB: cut and bend in sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are the interchangeable segments of the TB 1500 used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo create a box: remove the segments in the positions corresponding to the side walls of the box (where the already bent sheet metal must \"pass through\" the blade during subsequent bends). The segments can be disassembled and reassembled without tools. This operation transforms the TB 1500 from a simple folding machine into a tool for complex three-dimensional shapes — the main functional difference compared to folding machines without a segmented blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the TB 1500?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel, it reduces by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For thicknesses close to the limit, always check with a test piece before serial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the TB 1500 replace a press brake for craft work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal up to 1.5 mm and lengths up to 1500 mm, the TB 1500 covers the vast majority of craft work in sheet metal processing, light carpentry, and workshops. Press brakes (AKPL) are necessary when: thickness exceeds 3 mm, working in series with high volumes, millimeter repeatability is critical (the TB 1500 has manual precision). For craft production and maintenance, the TB is the correct choice for its cost\/performance ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre blades, segments, and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper blades, interchangeable segments, and original Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715414626632,"sku":"06-1380","price":3086.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_1500_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758636632"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-2020","title":"Bernardo TB 2020 – Manual folding machine with segmented blade 2020 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine with segmented upper blade TB 2020\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 2020 folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal and robust machine, designed for tinsmiths, repair shops, and craft work. The segmented upper blade allows for a wide range of bending possibilities, including complex profiles and large workpieces. The segments are individually removable, enabling the creation of boxes and particular shapes with great precision. The high upper blade allows for the production of tall bent profiles, while angle adjustment via a scale ensures accuracy in every process. With a working length of 2020 mm and capacity up to 2 mm thickness, the TB 2020 offers high performance and great flexibility. Thanks to its modern construction and ergonomic design, it ensures easy and fast bending using the bracket handle. It is suitable for workshops looking for reliability, versatility, and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for flexible processing\u003cbr\u003e Individually removable segments for boxes and complex profiles\u003cbr\u003e High upper blade for tall bends\u003cbr\u003e Angle adjustment via graduated scale\u003cbr\u003e Wide opening for working on large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Robust construction with modern design\u003cbr\u003e Easy and fast bending thanks to the bracket handle\u003cbr\u003e Working length 2020 mm, up to 2 mm thickness\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width with segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width without segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. clearance height closed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1025 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo TB 2020 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 50 | 75 | 100 | 150 | 200 | 300 | 500 | 510 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB series and the SB series in the Bernardo bending machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB series (like this TB 2020) has a segmented upper blade: the segments are interchangeable and individually removable, allowing for openings in the blade to create boxes, deep U-profiles, and high-edged parts without interfering with the machine's structure. The SB series has integrated cutting rails — more suitable for cutting + bending thin sheet metal in a single workstation. TB: complex shapes. SB: cut and bend in sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are the interchangeable segments of the TB 2020 used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo create a box: remove the segments in the positions corresponding to the side walls of the box (where the already bent sheet metal must \"pass through\" the blade during subsequent bends). The segments can be disassembled and reassembled without tools. This operation transforms the TB 2020 from a simple folding machine into a tool for complex three-dimensional shapes — the main functional difference compared to folding machines without a segmented blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the TB 2020?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For thicknesses near the limit, always verify with a test piece before series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the TB 2020 replace a press brake for craft work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal up to 1.5 mm and lengths up to 2020 mm, the TB 2020 covers the vast majority of craft work in sheet metal processing, light carpentry, and workshops. Press brakes (AKPL) are necessary when: thickness exceeds 3 mm, working in series with high volumes, millimetric repeatability is critical (the TB 2020 has manual precision). For craft production and maintenance, the TB is the correct choice for its cost\/performance ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre blades, segments, and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper blades, interchangeable segments, and original Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715414659400,"sku":"06-1405XL","price":7003.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_2020_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758636192"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-tb-2060","title":"Bernardo TB 2060 – Manual folding machine with segmented blade 2065 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Folding Machine with Segmented Upper Blade TB 2060\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo TB 2060 manual folding machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal machine designed for plumbers, repair shops, and artisan workshops. Equipped with a segmented upper blade, it allows for a wide range of bending possibilities, including boxes and complex profiles. Thanks to the foot pedal for upper blade adjustment, the operator has their hands free to correctly position the workpiece. The bending process is supported by an auxiliary cylinder that reduces effort, making bending smoother and more precise. The high upper blade allows for the production of high bent profiles, while the bracket handle ensures quick and ergonomic bending. With a working length of 2065 mm and capacity up to 1.2 mm thickness (400 N\/mm²), the TB 2060 offers robustness, versatility, and excellent value for money.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade for complex bends and boxes\u003cbr\u003e Upper blade adjustment via foot pedal, hands-free during work\u003cbr\u003e Auxiliary cylinder that supports the bending process\u003cbr\u003e High upper blade for making high bent profiles\u003cbr\u003e Robust construction with a modern and stable design\u003cbr\u003e Quick adjustment of the lower blade to sheet thickness\u003cbr\u003e Working length 2065 mm, capacity up to 1.2 mm\u003cbr\u003e Excellent value for money\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB 2060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2065 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness (400 N\/mm²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. opening width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e* with back gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo TB 2060 folding machine\u003cbr\u003e Segmented upper blade\u003cbr\u003e Back gauge\u003cbr\u003e Bending segments 38 | 38 | 38 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 50 | 76 | 76 | 101 | 127 | 152 | 203 | 254 | 254 | 254 | 254 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the TB series and the SB series in the Bernardo folding machine range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TB series (like this TB 2060) has a segmented upper blade: the segments are interchangeable and individually removable, allowing for openings in the blade to create boxes, deep U-profiles, and pieces with high edges without interfering with the machine's structure. The SB series has integrated cutting rails — more suitable for cutting + bending thin sheet metal in a single station. TB: complex shapes. SB: cut and bend in sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow are the interchangeable segments of the TB 2060 used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo create a box: remove the segments in the positions corresponding to the side walls of the box (where the already bent sheet metal must \"pass through\" the blade during subsequent bends). The segments can be assembled and disassembled without tools. This operation transforms the TB 2060 from a simple folding machine into a tool for complex three-dimensional shapes — the main functional difference compared to folding machines without a segmented blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness for aluminum and stainless steel with the TB 2060?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal capacity of 1.5 mm refers to S235 steel (400 N\/mm²). For aluminum, the capacity increases by 30–50% — approximately 2.1 mm. For AISI 304 stainless steel, it decreases by 30–40% — approximately 1.0 mm. For thicknesses near the limit, always verify with a test piece before series production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the TB 2060 replace a press brake for artisan work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheet metal up to 1.5 mm and lengths up to 2065 mm, the TB 2060 covers the vast majority of artisan work in sheet metal fabrication, light carpentry, and workshops. Press brakes (AKPL) are necessary when: thickness exceeds 3 mm, production is in series with high volumes, millimeter repeatability is critical (the TB 2060 has manual precision). For artisan production and maintenance, the TB is the correct choice for its cost\/performance ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre blades, segments, and spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper blades, interchangeable segments, and original Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715414954312,"sku":"06-1381","price":5063.17,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Piegatrice_manuale_Bernardo_TB_2060_con_lama_segmentata.jpg?v=1758637070"},{"product_id":"bernardo-curvatrice-hb-300","title":"Bernardo HB 300 Sheet Metal Folder","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HB 300 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, weighing approx. 10 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking length: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum \/ Copper: 300 x 2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel S235JR: 300 x 1 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (L x W x H): 340 x 50 x 200 (640*) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: approx. 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HB 300 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the HB 300 for bending sheet metal in the manufacture of cabinets, profiles, and metal casings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HB 300 is part of Bernardo's range of sheet metal bending machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HB 300 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HB 300 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending sheet metal for manufacturing cabinets, profiles, and casings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine and metal container construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: making 90° bends and various angles on standard sheet metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending pipes or hollow profiles (machine dedicated to flat sheet metal: specific tube benders are needed for pipes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum \/ Copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel S235JR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 x 50 x 200 (640*) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArticle number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e06-1245\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*Lever included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Bending capacity\" in the technical table: typically up to 3-6 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to nominal S235 steel. For stainless steel or high-strength steel, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70% of the declared value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bending length is indicated in the technical table (typically 1,000-3,000 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe useful length determines the maximum size of the workpiece that can be bent in a single pass. For longer pieces, larger machines are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bending angles are possible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically from 0° to 135° with standard V punch. Check the technical data sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 90° bends or specific angles, dedicated punches and dies can be used. Krollit supplies original Bernardo bending tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine have CNC control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional models offer CNC control for automatic angle and backgauge positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNCs reduce setup times in series production and offer repeatability of the finished product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic bending machines require 400 V three-phase power supply, see \"Motor power\" for the precise data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the availability of an adequate three-phase line and size the cables according to the nominal power of the hydraulic unit's motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725045895496,"sku":"06-1245","price":241.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Curvatrice_manuale_Bernardo_HB_300_per_lamiera.jpg?v=1758189974"},{"product_id":"lamiera-bernardo-ahk-2100-13-calandra-3-rulli","title":"Plate Rolling Machine Bernardo AHK 2100 - 13,0","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo AHK 2100 - 13.0 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a max thickness of 13.0 mm, weight n.d. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 2100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 13.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: n.d.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller diameters: n.d.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (L x W x H): n.d.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: n.d.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 2100 - 13.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 2100 - 13.0 for rolling sheets to create pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2100 - 13.0 fits into the range of Bernardo plate rolling machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 2100 - 13.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 2100 - 13.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sheet metal rolling for the creation of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal work\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise sheet metal bending for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheets beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial rolling machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003en.d.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller diameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003en.d.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003en.d.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional ones are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual rolling machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, floor-standing models require a leveled floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725046354248,"sku":"06-8154","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AHK_2100_13_0_Calandra_idraulica_a_3_rulli.jpg?v=1759216786"},{"product_id":"lamiera-bernardo-ahk-2100-30-calandra-3-rulli","title":"Bernardo Plate Bending Machine AHK 2100 - 30.0","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2100 - 30.0 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 40 mm, a 22.0 kW motor, and a weight of 17,000 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 2100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending capacity: 30.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roller diameter: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roller diameter: 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 22.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 2100 - 30.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 2100 - 30.0 for rolling sheets to produce tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2100 - 30.0 is part of the Bernardo plate rolling machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 2100 - 30.0 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 2100 - 30.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: sheet metal rolling for the production of tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan sheet metal work\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise sheet metal bending for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheets beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized plate rolls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4835 x 2174 x 1930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the usable length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual plate rolls are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725047402824,"sku":"06-8158","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AHK_2100_30_0_Calandra_idraulica_a_3_rulli.jpg?v=1759217097"},{"product_id":"lamiera-bernardo-ahk-2600-13-calandra-3-rulli","title":"Bernardo Plate Rolling Machine AHK 2600 - 13.0","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2600 - 13.0 is a sheet metal bending machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 16 mm, 11.0 kW motor, and weighing 7,650 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 2600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending capacity: 13.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roller diameter: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roller diameter: 270 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 11.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 2600 - 13.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 2600 - 13.0 for bending sheet metal to create pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2600 - 13.0 is part of the Bernardo range of sheet metal bending machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 2600 - 13.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 2600 - 13.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: bending sheet metal for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e bending sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial bending machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4942 x 1630 x 1620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,650 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it bend?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum bendable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum bendable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the useful length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, bending in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional ones are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench, base-mounted models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725047992648,"sku":"06-8163","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AHK_2600_13_0_Calandra_idraulica_a_3_rulli.jpg?v=1759217337"},{"product_id":"lamiera-bernardo-ahk-2600-30-calandra-3-rulli","title":"Bernardo Plate Rolling Machine AHK 2600 - 30.0","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2600 - 30.0 is a professional plate rolling machine, with a maximum thickness of 40.0 mm, a 30.0 kW motor, and a weight of 18,650 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 2600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 40.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending capacity: 30.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roller diameter: 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roller diameter: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 30.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 2600 - 30.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 2600 - 30.0 for rolling sheets to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 2600 - 30.0 is part of the Bernardo sheet metal rolling machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare part order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 2600 - 30.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 2600 - 30.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rolling sheets for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheets for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheets beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider motorized industrial rolling machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roller diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5500 x 2150 x 2150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18,650 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the diameter of the rollers. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat usable length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual rolling machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a robust workbench, floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725048713544,"sku":"06-8167","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AHK_2600_30_0_Calandra_idraulica_a_3_rulli.jpg?v=1759217743"},{"product_id":"lamiera-bernardo-ahk-3100-13-calandra-3-rulli","title":"Bernardo AHK 3100 - 13.0 Plate Bending Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 3100 - 13.0 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 16.0 mm, a 15.0 kW motor, and a weight of 10,800 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll length: 3100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 16.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending capacity: 13.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roll diameter: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roll diameter: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor power: 15.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 3100 - 13.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 3100 - 13.0 for plate rolling to produce tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 3100 - 13.0 is part of Bernardo's range of plate rolling machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 3100 - 13.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 3100 - 13.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: plate rolling for the production of tubes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisan sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise sheet bending for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheets beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized plate rolls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5225 x 1824 x 1810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm for mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roll diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the useful length it offers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional ones are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual plate rolls are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench; base models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725049106760,"sku":"06-8172","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_AHK_3100_13_0_Calandra_idraulica_a_3_rulli.jpg?v=1759218063"},{"product_id":"benardo-calandra-idraulica-ahk-3100-25","title":"Plate rolling machine Bernardo AHK 3100 - 25.0","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 3100 - 25.0 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 30.0 mm and a weight of 20,300 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller length: 3100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax plate thickness: 30.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending: 28.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ Upper roller: 430 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ Lower roller: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor: 22.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 3100 - 25.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 3100 - 25.0 for rolling sheet metal to produce pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 3100 - 25.0 is part of the Bernardo range of plate rolling machines, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 3100 - 25.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 3100 - 25.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rolling sheet metal for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheet metal beyond the declared thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized rolling machines).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax plate thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ Upper roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ Lower roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6000 x 2150 x 2150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable speed, side\/central supports, feeding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet metal thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm for mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roller diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the effective length offered?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, rolling in multiple passes with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual rolling machines are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; series production requires motorized models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy bench, while floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725049729352,"sku":"06-8175","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_idraulica_Bernardo_AHK_3100_25_0_per_lamiere_fino_a_30_mm.jpg?v=1759219073"},{"product_id":"bernardo-calandra-idraulica-ahk-4100-13","title":"Bernardo AHK 4100 - 13.0 Plate Bending Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 4100 - 13.0 is a sheet metal bending roll for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 16.0 mm and weighing 18,750 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll length: 4100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax sheet thickness: 16.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending: 13.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roll diameter: 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roll diameter: 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor: 15.0 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHK 4100 - 13.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops use the AHK 4100 - 13.0 for rolling sheet metal to create pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHK 4100 - 13.0 is part of the Bernardo range of sheet metal bending rolls, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer service available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHK 4100 - 13.0 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHK 4100 - 13.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabrication shops and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rolling sheet metal for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheet metal for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheet metal beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized bending rolls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6853 x 1974 x 2130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18,750 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable speed, central\/side supports, feeding table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity refers to S235JR steel. For stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may decrease by 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the diameter of the rolls. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat useful length does it offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, multiple passes with recalibration are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench models are typically manual, while professional models are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual bending rolls are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBench models are installed on a sturdy workbench, while floor-standing models require a level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725050089800,"sku":"06-8182","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_idraulica_Bernardo_AHK_4100_13_0_per_lamiere_fino_a_16_mm.jpg?v=1759219440"},{"product_id":"cesoie-piegatrici-bernardo-ahs-2100-200","title":"Bernardo Plate Rolling Machine AHS 2100 - 20.0","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo AHS 2100 - 20.0 is a plate rolling machine for professional use, with a maximum thickness of 25 mm, a diameter of 300 mm, an 11.0 kW motor, and a weight of 9120 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll length: 2100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. sheet thickness: 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-bending: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper roll diameter: 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower roll diameter: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide roll diameter: 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AHS 2100 - 20.0 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops use the AHS 2100 - 20.0 for rolling sheets to create pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AHS 2100 - 20.0 is part of the Bernardo plate rolling machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AHS 2100 - 20.0 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AHS 2100 - 20.0 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal fabricators and sheet metal workshops\u003c\/strong\u003e: rolling sheets for the production of pipes, cylinders, ducts, and curved profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArtisanal sheet metal processing\u003c\/strong\u003e: precise bending of sheets for single pieces or small series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolling sheets beyond the stated thickness (for greater thicknesses, consider industrial motorized plate rolls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-bending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper roll diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. sheet thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1611 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sheet thickness can it roll?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Max. thickness\" in the technical table: typically 1-3 mm on mild steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity refers to S235JR steel. On stainless steel or high-strength materials, the actual capacity may drop to 60-70%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the minimum rollable diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Minimum rollable diameter\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum diameter depends on the roll diameter. Very narrow cylinders require specific machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the effective length it offers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working length is indicated in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sheets longer than the nominal value, multi-pass rolling with recalibration is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it manual or motorized?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are typically manual, while professional ones are motorized with electric feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual plate rolls are suitable for small volumes and prototypes; for series production, motorized models are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenchtop models are installed on a sturdy workbench; floor-standing models require a leveled floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725050483016,"sku":"06-8056","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Calandra_idraulica_Bernardo_AHS_2100_20_0_a_4_rulli.jpg?v=1758711007"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745843699142blob.png?v=1759228065","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/roller-bender.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}